\myTOC
\mainmatter }
-% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
-\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
- L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX}}
-
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
%\let\OrgIndex\index
%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_preamble
-\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
+\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
+enumitem
\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language english
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
-\tracking_changes false
+\tracking_changes true
\output_changes false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
\author 5863208 "ab"
+\author 2090807402 "usti"
\end_header
\begin_body
Version 2.0.x
\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, not
+, not as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
- not the mechanics.
+ not with mechanics.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
+This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
\emph on
\begin_inset Quotes eld
describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
the format of all of the manuals.
- If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
+ If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
of this one.
Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
only a vertical scrollbar.
There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
- The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
- This, however, is due
- to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
- WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
- as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
+ The first case is large images.
+ To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
+ settings the option
+\family sans
+Scale on Screen
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+LaTeX and LyX options
+\family default
+.
The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
the LyX window.
You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
+reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
.
- Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
-ing sections of this documentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
- You can read
-\emph on
-all
-\emph default
- of the manuals from inside LyX.
- Just select the manual you want read from the
+ You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
+ Just select the manual you want to read from the
\family sans
Help
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
- without resorting to configuration files.
- First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
- classes and LaTeX packages are available.
- It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
+Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-
+.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
+ LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
+ classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
settings.
Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Control
\family default
-you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
- can identify them as your changes.
+you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
+ them as your changes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
delete whole words as well as individual characters.
The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
access them.
- We'll start with cut and paste.
+ We will start with cut and paste.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
The first three are self-explanatory.
- One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
- it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
- That is, the
-\family sans
-Delete
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Backspace
-\family default
- keys also function as the
-\family sans
-Cut
-\family default
- command.
- Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
-y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
- You'll have to do an
-\family sans
-Undo
-\family default
- to get back the lost text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
Replace
\family default
feature that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
+Things like notes, floats, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+(the so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+insets
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) can be dissolved.
This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
text.
Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "inset-select-all"
+\end_inset
+
+, the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
+\end_inset
+
+ selects the whole document.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Undo and Redo
\begin_inset Index idx
Redo
\family default
work on almost everything in LyX.
- But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
+ But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
of text.
\end_layout
Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Single click
-\emph default
- the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
- the table.
-\end_layout
-
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigating
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-NavigateBack
+Navigate
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Back
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
your last editing position.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By pressing the
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+ key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
The Outliner
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:The-Outliner"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TOC
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
- The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
- In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
+ces (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-), or notes, or citations (see
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-).
- Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
- document.
- The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
- In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
- several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
- of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-), or notes, or of citations (see
+), or notes, or citations (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
+Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
dialog and to modify the citation.
- Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
- And so on.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
option sorts the current list alphabetically.
Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
- document.The
+ document.
+ The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
The
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3 or to subsection
+3 or subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
+Input / Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Input-Completion"
\end_inset
-Input / Word Completion
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
- there are completions available.
- You can then press the
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- key to use this completion.
- When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
- You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
- and accept the chosen completion be pressing
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
+The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-, the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
+) in the section
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Input Completion
\family default
- by deselecting the option
+.
+ With the option
\family sans
-Cursor indicator
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+inline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+completion
\family default
-.
+ the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
With the option
\family sans
-Automatic inline completion
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+popup
+\family default
+ the completions are always shown in a popup.
+ The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
+
+\family sans
+Cursor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+indicator
\family default
- the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
- To accept this proposal, use the
+.
+ With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
+ popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
+ are completions available.
+ Press the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
- key.
- With the option
+ key to accept a proposed completion.
+ If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
+ You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
+ and accept the chosen completion be pressing
\family sans
-Automatic popup
+Return
\family default
- the completions are always shown in a popup.
- LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
- in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
+ing options for text.
+ The special math option
+\family sans
+Autocorrection
+\family default
+ enables that characters can be composed.
+ If you for example want to insert the character
+\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+, you can then input the characters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
+\series bold
+=>
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ to a formula to get it.
+ So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
+ of the math toolbar.
+ A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
+\family typewriter
+autocorrect
+\family default
+ that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
+ Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
+ mark key '!'.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ turns it off.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
- LyX's default is CUA.
+There are at least two different primary binding maps:
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+emacs
+\family default
+.
+ LyX's default is
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
+\family sans
+Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Shortcuts
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Up
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
Down
\family default
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
- If you don't understand this, go read sections
+ If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tutorial
\emph default
.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
- on which keys it's used in combination with:
+ on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Left
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Home
\family default
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
+ in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout
Alt+
\family default
function.
- This key does many different things, but it also activates the
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This key does many different things, but it also activates the
\emph on
menu accelerator keys
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- menu.
+ dialog.
Typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
- because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
- bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
- just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
+You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
+ LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
+ at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
+ you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
\family sans
-Alt+P Shift-A
+Alt+P Shift+A
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\family default
under
\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
as explained in sec.
\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
with LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
with LyX.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
+We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
- You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
- 6 of the
+ You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
+
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
- Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
+ Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
of the document classes.
\end_layout
dialog.
Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
- it does.the module.
+ it does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Local Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
- used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
- needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
- writing a module for this purpose.
- Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
- find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
- one time.
+ used in a variety of different documents.
+ If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
+ documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
+ Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
+ need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
What you want is LyX's
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
- See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
- it.
+ See section
+\emph on
+Local Layout
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for information on how to use it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Subsubsection
\family default
headings, and so on.
- We'll describe these headings fully in section
+ We will describe these headings fully in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
+The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
.
There in the
\family sans
-Options
+Class
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+options
\family default
field under
\family sans
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
- This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the
+ This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the LaTeX-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\end_inset
- package installed.
- At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
- To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
- preamble.
- Check the documentation for the
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
- package for more details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "fancyhdr"
+ installed.
+ How they are defined is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Separation
-\family default
- of paragraphs is described in section
+The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll find the following options in the menu
+You can find the following options in the menu
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Layout
\family default
- of the dialog of the
+ of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- menu:
+ dialog:
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
\family sans
Orientation
\family default
- Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
+ To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
the old class.
But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
- will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
- paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
+ will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
+s manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
all
\emph default
of these pre-coded spacings.
- We'll explain more later.
+ We will explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
- The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
- you have to add this line to your document preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-parindent}{Length}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default length is 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
days of typewriters.
- There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
+ There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
document type.
- We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
+ We will only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Part
\family default
- is divided in either
+ is divided into either
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Chapter*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
- They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
- table of contents, see section
+ at the end of their name.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
+ the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog.
-\family sans
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
-\family default
Under
\family sans
Numbering
TOC
\family default
- you'll see two counters.
+ you will see two counters.
The one named
\family sans
Numbering
Return
\family default
without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
- Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
- to change back to the
+ Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
+ have to change back to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment yourself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
\family sans
Quote
\family default
Quotation
\family default
environment.
- If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
+ If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
the first line, then
\family sans
List
\family default
environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
- We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
- some general features of all four of them.
+ We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
+ describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
+The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
- We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
+ We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The LyX
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
-
+Labeling
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! LyX list
+Lists ! Labeling
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
- the
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment is named
-\family sans
Labeling
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Description
\family default
- environment the
+ list the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
- There are the following properties of this list environment:
+ list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
+ features.
+ Here are its properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
items in a
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment have the same left margin.
+ environment has the same left margin.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+).
The text in the box
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (equal to 6 M).
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
- only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
-\end_layout
-
+ (equal to 6
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+M).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You should use the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment the same way like the
+ list the same way as the
\family sans
Description
\family default
it.
The
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
layout.
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
- so on.
+ lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
There is yet another feature of the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
- labels by default.
+ list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
+ by default.
You can use additional
\family sans
HFills
.
Here are some examples:
-\begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
Left The default for
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
item labels.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Letters
+Customized Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Letters
+Lists ! Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
-: An Overview
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
+To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
+
\family sans
-Address
+Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ in the document settings.
+ This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-Address
-\family default
-.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- for letters only.
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Usage
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Address-Usage"
+Custom Enumerate Lists
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\noindent
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
+ argument (menu
\family sans
-Address
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short Title
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) to the first item of each level in the list.
+ There you add the command
+\end_layout
-Address
-\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
- Here's an example of each:
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+roman{enumi}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Right Address
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+in TeX Code (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-Who I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Where I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+
\end_inset
-When is it? What is today?
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
+
+\emph on
+ enumi
+\emph default
+ is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
+ The command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
+ For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ by
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\series default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
- Here's an example of the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- environment:
-\end_layout
+ For Arabic numerals use
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Address
-Who are you
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\backslash
+arabic
+\series default
+.
+ To
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Where do I send this
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+number
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Your post office and country
+ items with capital or small Latin letters use
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Alph
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alph
+\series default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\noindent
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
- If you hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-.
- This makes sense, since
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- is the
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph
-\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- or
-\family sans
-Formatting
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only number 26
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
+\end_layout
-Break
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu) to start a new line in an
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
- environment.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Academic Writing
+\begin_layout Standard
+To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
+ by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+As example a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Abstracts
+
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
- It won't work.
- The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
- The book document classes ignores the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in a letter document class.
+\end_inset
+
+Level 1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
- The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Starting a new paragraph by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- The new paragraph will still be in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+
+Level 3
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+Level 4
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We'd love to give you directly an example of the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-book
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- class, we can't do this.
- We inserted it therefore as figure
-\begin_inset space ~
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the command
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+emph{}
+\series default
+ makes the label emphasized and
+\series bold
-.
- If you've never heard of an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+bf{}
+\series default
+ makes it bold.
+\end_layout
-abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
+ lists until you change the definition.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Biblio_environment"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
- Nesting
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you first open a
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-References,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- depending on the document class.
- The heading is in a large boldface font.
- Each paragraph of the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- Each new paragraph is still in the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment.
+label=
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a BibTeX database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
-phy handling, have a look at in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX
-\family sans
--Code
-\begin_inset Index idx
+first
+\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! LyX code
+goes back to default numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+regular text
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
+resumed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment is another LyX extension.
- It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
- It also treats the
+To resume an enumeration, use the style
\family sans
-Space
+Enumerate-Resume
\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
-\begin_inset Foot
+.
+ Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
+ list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key is treated as a
-\family sans
-Protected
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Blank
-\family default
- instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
- (the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- function).
-
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment inside of others.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few quirks with this environment:
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
+ next one.
+ Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
+ of a normal enumeration.
+ There, insert the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+start=number
+\end_layout
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+where
+\emph on
+number
+\emph default
+ is the number with which you want to resume the list.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
-you can't follow
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- with a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+first item
+\end_layout
-).
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't follow a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Enumeration starting at a given value:
+\end_layout
- with a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+start=4
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use a
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Or: use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
- instead.
+This enumeration starts at 4
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
- You must put at least one
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+List Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- since that will insert
-\emph on
-real
-\emph default
- quotes.
- You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "self-insert \""
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example:
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
+ of a list.
+ For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include <stdio.h>
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A bullet list
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+with standard spacing
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
+ of the list.
+ Add there the command
+\series bold
+nolistsep
+\series default
+ to get no additional list space like in this example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
-\backslash
-n");
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
+nolistsep
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is just the standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Hello world!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- program.
-
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+without additional
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+vertical space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|)
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
+ and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
+ in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nesting Environments
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Environments
+
+labelindent=
+\backslash
+parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nesting"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+An enumeration
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+with negative indentation
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Further Customization
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Customization
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-attached
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to item #2:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-one
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the style of description lists.
+ The command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-two
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+font=definition
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #1
+\begin_layout Standard
+changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #2
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+style=definition
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-three
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the list style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
-\family sans
-Increase
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+An example where the command
+\end_layout
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-Depth
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
+\end_layout
-Depth
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Edit
-\family default
- menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
- will tell you how far you are nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+is used:
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "depth-decrement"
+\begin_layout Description
+Ionizing
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or the convenient key bindings
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Shift-Tab
-\family default
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+radiation:
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- to change the nesting level.
- The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
- This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-What You Can and Can't Nest
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
- complicated than a simple yes or no.
- There are three types of paragraph environments:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
+ energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
+ ionizing them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
- things inside them.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Reference
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
+counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
+ the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
+ object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
-\end_layout
+There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
- Can't nest into them.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Abstract
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Title
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+
-\family sans
-Author
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Fully
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nestable You can nest them.
- You can nest other things into them.
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Quote
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Enumerate
+Address
+\family default
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Of course, you're not limited to using
\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-List
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
- You can't nest anything into them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Standard
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Address-Usage"
-\family sans
-Part
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Chapter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
\family sans
-Subsection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsubsection
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Paragraph
-\end_layout
+Who I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Where I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subparagraph
+When is it? What is today?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was
\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
\family sans
-Chapter*
+Address
+\family default
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Where do I send this
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsection*
+Your post office and country
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, both
\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you hit
\family sans
-Address
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+Return
+\family default
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
\family sans
-Chapter
+Standard
\family default
-,
+.
+ This makes sense, since
\family sans
-Section
+Return
\family default
-, etc.
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\family sans
+Formatting
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+Break
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
- well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
- section headings violate this.
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Tables etc.
+Abstracts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
- affected by nesting anyhow.
- They are:
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It will not work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-equations
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-tables
-\end_layout
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-figures
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Figures and tables in
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
\family sans
-Floats
+Return
\family default
- are not affected by this.
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Floats"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
- for more information about
+Paragraph in the
\family sans
-Floats
+Abstract
\family default
-.)
+ environment
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
- If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
- it is in goes.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-paragraph
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- of its own, it behaves just like a
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'd love to give you directly an example of the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-nestable-inside
+book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- paragraph environment.
- You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
- into it.
-\end_layout
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example with a table:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+.
+ If you've never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa will not work.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
+ by using a BibTeX database.
+ For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
+phy handling, have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside (a).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
+\family sans
+-Code
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph ! LyX code
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
-\end_layout
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
-\end_layout
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+you can't follow
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't follow a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
+ with a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use a
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Or: use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
\emph on
-not
+real
\emph default
- nested inside (a).
- In fact, it's not nested at all.
-\end_layout
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "self-insert \""
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
- item of a new list!
+Here is an example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
- deep enough.
- LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
+ program.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
+ in the chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Environments
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nesting"
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- inside (a).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
- new list
-\emph on
-inside
-\emph default
- item 1.
- The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
- So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
- depth!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Usage and General Features
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
- In other words,
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-level #6
+attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is the innermost possible depth.
- Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
+ to item #2:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #1 – outermost
+one
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #2
+two
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #3
+sublist – item #1
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #4
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-level #5
+sublist – item #2
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-level #6
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+three
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
- both of them in the example.
- Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
- nesting with the
+You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Increase
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Edit
\family default
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the convenient key bindings
\family sans
-Itemize
+Tab
\family default
- environments.
- For example, if we tried to nest another
+ and
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Shift-Tab
\family default
- list inside item
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-A.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
-, we would get errors.
+ to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Some Examples
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Examples
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
+ complicated than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Completely unnestable
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
+ things inside them.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
- We have several examples of nested environments.
- In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
- them.
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#1-a This is the outermost level.
- It's a
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment.
+Bibliography
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#2-a This is level #2.
- We created it by using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- followed by
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Title
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#3-a This is level #3.
- This time, we just hit
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Return
-\family default
-, then used
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+Author
+\end_layout
- twice in a row.
- We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
- by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- followed by
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is actually a
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- environment, nested inside of
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Verse
+\end_layout
-#3-a
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
- So, it's at level #4.
- We did this by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Quote
+\end_layout
-, then
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-, then changing the paragraph environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-.
- Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
- for the
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
-,
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
-, and
+Quotation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Itemize
-\family default
- environments!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's another
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Description
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#4-a This is level #4.
- We hit
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- and changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
List
-\family default
-.
- Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
- However, we
-\emph on
-can
-\emph default
- keep nesting things inside
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-#3-a
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-and this is level #6.
- By now, you should know how we made these two.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Standard
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#5-b Back to level #5.
- Just hit
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- followed by a
+\family sans
+Part
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Part*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Section*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+, etc.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+into e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
+ well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
+ section headings violate this.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Tables etc.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+equations
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+tables
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+figures
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Figures and tables in
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+ are not affected by this.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more information about
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+ If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
+ it is in goes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+paragraph
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of its own, it behaves just like a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nestable-inside
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ paragraph environment.
+ You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
+ into it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example with a table:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside (a).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ nested inside (a).
+ In fact, it's not nested at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
+ item of a new list!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
+ deep enough.
+ LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ inside (a).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
+ new list
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ item 1.
+ The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
+ So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
+ depth!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Usage and General Features
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
+ In other words,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+level #6
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is the innermost possible depth.
+ Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #1 – outermost
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #2
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #3
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #4
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+level #5
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+level #6
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
+ both of them in the example.
+ Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
+ nesting with the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments.
+ For example, if we tried to nest another
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ list inside item
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, we would get errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Some Examples
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Examples
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
+ We have several examples of nested environments.
+ In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
+ them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#1-a This is the outermost level.
+ It's a
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#2-a This is level #2.
+ We created it by using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#3-a This is level #3.
+ This time, we just hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, then used
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ twice in a row.
+ We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
+ by hitting
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is actually a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, nested inside of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ So, it's at level #4.
+ We did this by hitting
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+, then
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+, then changing the paragraph environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
+ for the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's another
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#4-a This is level #4.
+ We hit
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+ and changed the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+.
+ Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
+ However, we
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+ keep nesting things inside
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and this is level #6.
+ By now, you should know how we made these two.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#5-b Back to level #5.
+ Just hit
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by a
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
- After this sentence, we'll hit
+ After this sentence, we will hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
\begin_layout LyX-Code
level.
- Now we'll hit
+ Now we will hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-, after which, we'll change to the
+, after which, we will change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\end_inset
.
- We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
We're going to go totally nuts now.
- We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
- same detail with how we did it.
+ We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
+ the same detail with how we did it.
(level #1:
\family sans
Enumerate
\family sans
, Standard
\family default
-: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
- example in parentheses someplace.
+: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
+ the example in parentheses someplace.
For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
- Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
+ Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
-Now we'll add verse.
+Now we will add verse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- We'll nest both the
+ We will nest both the
\family sans
Address
\family default
Quotation
\family default
for the letter body.
- We'll use
+ We will use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "break-paragraph inverse"
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
).
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
More Spaces
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:More-Spaces"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- Enspace (0.5
+ Enspace
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
the remaining space between the left and right margins.
If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
equally between themselves.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here a few examples what you can do with them:
+Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
VFill
\family default
s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
-
-\series medium
-When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
- a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
-\family sans
-Protect
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Paragraph Alignment
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the paragraph alignment with the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are five possibilities:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Justified
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Left
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Center
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
- spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
- the left and right margins.
- The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align right
-This paragraph is right aligned,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-this one is centered,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align left
-this one is left aligned.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Forced Page Breaks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page breaks ! Forced
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
- can force a page break where you want one.
- Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
- Only if you use a lot of
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
-, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
- until you have checked in the preview to see if you
-\emph on
-really
-\emph default
- have to change the page breaking.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
- action.
- This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\family default
-.
- The second type, that is inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
-, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
- the complete page.
- This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
- on which only the last few lines are absent.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
- at the top of a page.
- This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
- LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
- appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
- having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
- See chapter
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
-
-\end_inset
-
- to learn more about
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Clear Page Breaks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page breaks ! Clear
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
- directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
- That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
- unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
- it, if necessary by adding pages.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a clear page break with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Clear
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\family default
-.
- When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Clear
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Double
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\family default
- to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
- page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Forced Line Breaks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Line breaks
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
- breaks the line.
- You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ragged
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
- or with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Another type that is inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Justified
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
- breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
- the page margins.
- This is necessary to avoid
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-fringes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
- LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
- set a line break, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-in a poem or for an address (see sections
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Quote"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Verse"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Address-Usage"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Horizontal Lines
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Horizontal lines
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset CommandInset line
-LatexCommand rule
-offset "0.5ex"
-width "100line%"
-height "1pt"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the dialog
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Horizontal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
-\family default
- you can insert horizontal lines.
- The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
- of the current text line or the paragraph.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset CommandInset line
-LatexCommand rule
-offset "0.5ex"
-width "100line%"
-height "1pt"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Characters and Symbols
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
- You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
- See section
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\family sans
+Custom
+\family default
+ are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
- for information on how this is done.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
- can use the
-\family sans
-Symbols
-\family default
- dialog via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
-\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
- when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
- But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+
+\series medium
+If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+ a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
+\family sans
+Protect
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Fonts and Text Styles
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Types
+Paragraph Alignment
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Types
+Paragraph ! Alignment
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of fonts:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Vector
-\begin_inset space ~
+You can change the paragraph alignment with the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph Settings
+\family default
+ dialog (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
-fonts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fonts ! Vector-
+).
+ There are five possibilities:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\family sans
+Justified
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
\end_inset
-g.
- characters) in the font.
- This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
- well suited for scaling to any requested size.
- This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
- curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
- This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
- Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
- to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
- But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
- That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
- sizes than at small ones.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-The font types
-\family typewriter
-TrueType
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-OpenType
+\family sans
+Left
\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-Type
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
\end_inset
-1
-\family default
- are vector fonts.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-fonts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Right
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fonts ! Bitmap-
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
- will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
- However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
- pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
- It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
- picture manipulation program.
- In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
- several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
- or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
- The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
- to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
- fonts.
- The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
- to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\family sans
+Center
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
\end_inset
-Bitmap fonts are named
-\family typewriter
-Type
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-3
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Default
\family default
- in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
- designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
- So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
- That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
- use scalable fonts.
+The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
+ spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
+ the left and right margins.
+ The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
- its document properties.
+\align right
+This paragraph is right aligned,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
- specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
- For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
- font to emphasize text, you use an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-emphasized style
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\align center
+this one is centered,
+\end_layout
- instead.
- This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
- In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
- details.
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align left
+this one is left aligned.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-LaTeX font support
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-
-\end_inset
-
+Forced Page Breaks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Page breaks ! Forced
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
- That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
- operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
- distribution.
- The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
- which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
- The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
- to usual word processors.
- On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
- are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
- across different machines.
- Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
- lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
- fonts.
- In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
- for details).
- However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
- in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
- font).
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
- also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
- system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
- Both engines are now supported by LyX.
- By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
- that is installed on your system.
- The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
+ can force a page break where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
+ Only if you use a lot of
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
-es; so you might have to experiment.
+We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
+ until you have checked in the preview to see if you
+\emph on
+really
+\emph default
+ have to change the page breaking.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
+ action.
+ This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Page
+\family default
+.
+ The second type, that is inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Break
+\family default
+, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
+ the complete page.
+ This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
+ on which only the last few lines are absent.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
- as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
-\end_layout
+You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
+ at the top of a page.
+ This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
+ LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
+ appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
+ having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
+ See chapter
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
-
+ to learn more about
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Document Font and Font size
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Clear Page Breaks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Document-Font"
+name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Size
+Page breaks ! Clear
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Font
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
+ directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
+ That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
+ unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
+ it, if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the document fonts in the
+You can insert a clear page break with the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Clear
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- dialog.
- In the
-\family sans
-Fonts
+Page
\family default
- section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
- three different font shapes — roman (serif),
+.
+ When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
\family sans
-sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
- (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
- the roman font.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you select
-\family sans
-Use non-T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX fonts
+Page
\family default
-, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
- This requires that you use
-\family sans
-PDF (XeT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+ to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
+ page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-PDF (LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Line Breaks
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Line breaks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX)
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-DVI (LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
-eX)
-\family default
- as output format, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
+\begin_layout Standard
+Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
+ breaks the line.
+ You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
- below).
- Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
- sans
+Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
- Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
- to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or font failures.
- Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
- font include
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
- If you select
-\family sans
-Default,
+Break
\family default
- the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
- In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
+.
+ Another type that is inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Justified
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-cm
+Break
\family default
-) or
+ breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
+ the page margins.
+ This is useful to avoid
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-European Computer Modern
-\family default
-
+fringes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-), but some classes preset different default fonts.
+ in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
- when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\begin_inset space ~
+You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
+ LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
+ set a line break, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Reader
-\family default
- version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
- renderer.
-\end_layout
-
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
- Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
-\end_layout
+in a poem or for an address (see sections
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
-) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
-
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- as the default font.
- It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
- Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- looks identical to
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-One difference is improved kerning for the
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- fonts.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Quote"
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Verse"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-Almost European
-\family default
-) fonts in (the rare) case that
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
- the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- is a virtual font.
- Virtual means that it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-steals
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Address-Usage"
- outline
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
--glyphs from other fonts.
- This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-«
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+).
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Lines
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Loading the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-aeguill
-\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
+Horizontal lines
\end_layout
\end_inset
- with the document preamble line
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\begin_inset CommandInset line
+LatexCommand rule
+offset "0.5ex"
+width "100line%"
+height "1pt"
-\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\series default
-will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+In the dialog
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- and that accented characters are not
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- glyph, but build of
-\emph on
-two
-\emph default
- characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
- using the
-\family typewriter
-AE
+Line
\family default
- fonts.
- If you search for example for the French word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ you can insert horizontal lines.
+ The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
+ of the current text line or the paragraph.
+ The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
+\end_layout
-rève
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\begin_inset CommandInset line
+LatexCommand rule
+offset "0.5ex"
+width "100line%"
+height "1pt"
- in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
- the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- è
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- and not for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- e +
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Characters and Symbols
+\end_layout
- ̀
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
+ You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you do not like the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
+characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
+ See section
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+
\end_inset
+ for information on how this is done.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
+ can use the
\family sans
-Times Roman
+Symbols
\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-
+ dialog via the menu
\family sans
-Palatino
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\family default
.
- Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-serif and typewriter fonts
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-g.,
-\family sans
-Times Roman
-\family default
- selects
-\family sans
-Helvetiva
-\family default
- for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
+ when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
+ But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
+\end_layout
-g.
- with
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-, different shapes of the same font, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e.
- a real font
-\emph on
-family
-\emph default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
-, but you can also select your own.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The differences between roman,
-\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Types
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Font ! Types
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-serif
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- fonts are explained in section
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two types of fonts:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Vector
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+fonts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fonts ! Vector-
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+ characters) in the font.
+ This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
+ well suited for scaling to any requested size.
+ This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
+ curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
+ This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
+ Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
+ to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The font
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
-\family default
- was originally designed for newspapers.
- That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
- into the small newspaper columns.
- Therefore
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
-\family default
- is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
+ But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
+ That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
+ sizes than at small ones.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For the font size there are generally four possible values:
-\family sans
-Default, 10
+The font types
+\family typewriter
+TrueType
\family default
,
-\family sans
-11
+\family typewriter
+OpenType
\family default
, and
-\family sans
-12
-\family default
-.
- Some classes provide additional sizes.
- The size of
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- depends on the class you are using.
- In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the font size is the
-\emph on
-base size
-\emph default
-.
- That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
- used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
- You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
-\family sans
-Text
+\family typewriter
+Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+1
\family default
- dialog if needed.
- The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
+ are vector fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+fonts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fonts ! Bitmap-
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
+ will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
+ However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
+ pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
+ It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
+ picture manipulation program.
+ In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
+ several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
+ or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
+ The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
+ to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
+ fonts.
+ The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
+ to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Default Family
-\family default
- selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
- be roman, sans
+Bitmap fonts are named
+\family typewriter
+Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif or typewriter.
- The
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
- this.
- In most cases,
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- is equal to
-\family sans
-roman
+3
\family default
-, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
+ in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family typewriter
-
-\family sans
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
+ designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
+ So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
+ That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
+ use scalable fonts.
+\end_layout
-{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
+ its document properties.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
+ specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
+ font to emphasize text, you use an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-X font encoding
-\family default
- selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
- the LaTeX-package
-\emph on
- fontenc
-\emph default
- (see also sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+emphasized style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ instead.
+ This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
+ In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
+ details.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaTeX font support
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
-).
- Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
- Unless you have specific reasons, use
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With some fonts, the checkboxes
-\family sans
-Use Old Style Figures
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Use True Small Caps
-\family default
- are enabled.
- These are extra features some fonts provide.
- If
-\family sans
-Use Old Style Figures
-\family default
- is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
+ That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
+ operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
+ distribution.
+ The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
+ which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
+ The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
+ to usual word processors.
+ On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
+ are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
+ across different machines.
+ Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
+ lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
+ fonts.
+ In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
+
\end_inset
-figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
-
-\family sans
-Use True Small Caps
-\family default
- determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
- of scaled capitals.
- Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
- better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+ for details).
+ However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
+ in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
+ font).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The field
-\family sans
-CJK
-\family default
- allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
- a font to display the script characters.
-\begin_inset Foot
+Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
+ directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
+ XeTeX and LuaTeX.
+ Both engines are supported by LyX.
+ By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
+ that is installed on your system.
+ The next section describes how to use these fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-CJK
-\series default
-.
- So this has no effect for the document language
-\family sans
-Japanese
-\family default
- that doesn't use
+
\series bold
-CJK
+Note:
\series default
-.
+ In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
+es; so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
- this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
- dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+ XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
+ as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Using Different Character Styles
+Document Font and Font size
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Document-Font"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Character Styles
+Font ! Size
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Style
+Document ! Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
- certain paragraph environments.
- LyX supports two character styles,
+You can set the document fonts in the
\family sans
-Emphasized
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- and
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog.
+ In the
\family sans
-Noun
+Fonts
\family default
-.
- You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
- toolbar.
+ section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
+ three different font shapes — roman (serif),
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
+ (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
+ the roman font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To activate the
+If you select
\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
- style, do one of the following:
+Use non-T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
+eX fonts
+\family default
+, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
+ This requires that you use
+\family sans
+PDF (XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-use the key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
+eX)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PDF (LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These commands are all toggles.
- That is, if
-\family sans
-Noun
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
\family default
- style is already active, they deactivate it.
+ or
+\family sans
+DVI (LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-One typically uses the
-\family sans
-Noun
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
\family default
- style for proper names.
- For example:
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ as the output format, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
-\noun default
- is the original author of LyX.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+).
+ You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
+ Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
+ (roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
+ Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
+ to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or font failures.
+ LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A more widely used character style is the
+If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
+ font include
\family sans
-Emphasized
+Default
\family default
- style.
- You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
+ and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
+ If you select
\family sans
-Emphasized
+Default,
\family default
- style by:
-\end_layout
+ the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
+ In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-clicking on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "font-emph"
+
+\family typewriter
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Modern
+\family default
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-using the keybindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-emph"
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+) or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+European Computer Modern
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ec
\family default
- style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
-es use a different font.
+), but some classes preset different default fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We've been using the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
+As
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
- style all over the place in this document.
- Here's one more example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+ are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
+ when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\emph on
-Don't overuse character styles!
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-It's also a warning in addition to an example.
- One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
- Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse character style.
-
+Reader
+\family default
+ version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
+ renderer.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
\end_inset
- or the dialog
+ To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
+ Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+select the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
+Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Modern
+\family default
+ fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
+
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fine-Tuning with the
+
\family sans
-Text Style
-\family default
- dialog
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Modern
+\family default
+ was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ as the default font.
+ It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
+ Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Modern
+\family default
+ looks identical to
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Style
+One difference is improved kerning.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
- LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
- For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
- requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
- Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
- from ordinary dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
- warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
- tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use custom character styles, open the
+\begin_layout Itemize
+or select the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
+AE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property which you can choose.
- You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
-\family sans
-No
+(Almost
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-change
-\family default
-, which keeps the current state of that property.
- The item
-\family sans
-Reset
+European)
\family default
- will reset the property to whatever is the default.
- You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
- environments in a snap.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The font properties, and their options (in addition to
+ fonts in (the rare) case that
\family sans
-No
+Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-change
+Modern
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Reset
+ is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
+ the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
-) are:
-\end_layout
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ is a virtual font.
+ Virtual means that it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+steals
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Family
+ outline
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
- The
+-glyphs from other fonts.
+ This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
+ guillemets (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-overall look
+«
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the font.
- The possible options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Roman
-\family default
- This is the Roman font family.
- Normally a serif font.
- It's also the default family.
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-roman"
+»
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Loading the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+aeguill
+\series default
-\family sans
-Sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Serif
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-This is the Sans Serif font family.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
+\end_layout
-\family default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-sans"
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+ with the document preamble line
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Typewriter
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-This is the Typewriter font family.
+\series bold
-\family default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-typewriter"
+\backslash
+usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\family sans
-)
+\series default
+will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Series
+ and that accented characters are not
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ glyph, but built of
+\emph on
+two
+\emph default
+ characters, the accent and the letter.
+ Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
+ using the
+\family typewriter
+AE
\family default
- This corresponds to the print weight.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
+ fonts.
+ If you search for example for the French word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+rève
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Medium
-\family default
- This is the Medium font series.
- It's also the default series.
-\end_layout
+ in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
+ for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+ è
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Bold
-\family default
-
-\series bold
-This is the Bold font series.
+ and not for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-bold"
+ e +
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+ ̀
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Shape
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you do not like the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
- As the name implies.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Upright
-\family default
- This is the Upright font shape.
- It's also the default shape.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family typewriter
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Italic
+Roman
\family default
-
-\shape italic
-This
-\shape default
-
-\family sans
-\shape italic
-i
+ or
+\family typewriter
+ Palatino
\family default
-s the Italic font shape
-\shape default
-\emph on
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+ Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Slanted
-\family default
-
-\shape slanted
-This is the Slanted font shape
-\shape default
- (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
-\end_layout
+serif and typewriter fonts,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.,
\family sans
-Small
+Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Caps
+Roman
\family default
-
-\shape smallcaps
-This is the Small caps font shape
-\shape default
-\noun on
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+ selects
\family sans
-Size
+Helvetica
\family default
- Alters the size of the font.
- You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
-nal to the document font size.
- Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
- what you want to do.
- The options are:
-\end_layout
+ for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Tiny
-\family default
-
-\size tiny
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+a real font
+\emph on
+family
+\emph default
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Tiny
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- font size.
+in case of
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size tiny"
+Modern
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
+Modern
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Smallest
-\family default
-
-\size scriptsize
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ but you can also select your own.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Smallest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+The differences between roman,
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- font size
-\size default
-.
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size scriptsize"
+serif
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ fonts are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-\family sans
-Smaller
-\family default
-
-\size footnotesize
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Smaller
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- font size.
+The font
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size footnotesize"
+Roman
+\family default
+ was originally designed for newspapers.
+ Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
+ into the small newspaper columns.
+ Therefore
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
+Roman
+\family default
+ is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+For the font size there are generally four possible values:
\family sans
-Small
+Default, 10
\family default
-
-\size small
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\family sans
+11
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ Some classes provide additional sizes.
+ The size of
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ depends on the class you are using.
+ In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the font size is the
+\emph on
+base size
+\emph default
+.
+ That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
+ used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Small
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog if needed.
+ The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- font size.
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size small"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
\end_inset
-)
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Normal
+Default Family
\family default
- This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Normal
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
- It's also the default size.
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size normal"
+ selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
+ be roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+serif or typewriter.
+ The
\family sans
-Large
+Default
+\family default
+ selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
+ this.
+ In most cases,
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+roman
\family default
+, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family typewriter
-\size large
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+LaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-Large
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- font size.
+{}
+\end_layout
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size large"
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+X font encoding
+\family default
+ selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
+ the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+fontenc
+\series default
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Larger
-\family default
-
-\size larger
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Larger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ (see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- font size.
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size larger"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
\end_inset
-)
+).
+ Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
+ Unless you have specific reasons, use
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+With some fonts, the checkboxes
\family sans
-Largest
+Use Old Style Figures
\family default
-
-\size largest
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
+\family default
+ are available.
+ These are extra features some fonts provide.
+ If
+\family sans
+Use Old Style Figures
+\family default
+ is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
+ are used.
+ Old style figures are the numerals (0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size largest"
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-)
+9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
+ letters.
+
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
+\family default
+ determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
+ of scaled capitals.
+ Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
+ better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The field
\family sans
-Huge
+CJK
\family default
-
-\size huge
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
+ allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
+ a font to display the script characters.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size huge"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! CJK
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+ So this has no effect for the document language
\family sans
-Huger
+Japanese
\family default
-
-\size giant
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ that does not use
+\series bold
+CJK
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
-Huger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size giant"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
+ this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
\family sans
-Increase
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
\family default
- This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size increase"
+.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-)
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using Different Character Styles
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\family default
- This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Character Styles
+\end_layout
-Normal
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Small
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text Style
+\end_layout
-).
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size decrease"
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'll warn you
-\emph on
-yet again
-\emph default
-: don't go crazy with this feature.
- You should almost never need to change the font size.
- LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- — use that instead.
- This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
+ certain paragraph environments.
+ LyX supports two character styles,
\family sans
-Misc
+Emphasized
\family default
- Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+ and
\family sans
-Emph
+Noun
\family default
-
-\emph on
-This is text with emphasize on
-\emph default
.
- This might seem like the same as
-\shape italic
-Italic
-\shape default
-, but it is actually a bit different.
- Emphasized is a
-\emph on
-logical
-\emph default
- attribute.
- That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
- text.
- Normally this font is equal to italic.
+ You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
+ toolbar.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To activate the
\family sans
-Underbar
+Noun
\family default
-
-\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
+ style, do one of the following:
+\end_layout
-\bar default
- (key binding
+\begin_layout Itemize
+click on the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-underline"
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
-\family sans
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+use the key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
-\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
- when you couldn't change fonts.
- We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
- It's only included in LyX because some people
-\emph on
-may
-\emph default
- need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+These commands are all toggles.
+ That is, if
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style is already active, they deactivate it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+One typically uses the
\family sans
-Double
-\begin_inset space ~
+Noun
+\family default
+ style for proper names.
+ For example:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-underbar
-\family default
-
-\uuline on
-This is text with Double underbar on.
-\uuline default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-underunderline"
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ is the original author of LyX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
- about double underbar.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+A more widely used character style is the
\family sans
-Wavy
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-underbar
+Emphasized
\family default
-
-\uwave on
-This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+ style.
+ You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style by:
+\end_layout
-\uwave default
- (key binding
+\begin_layout Itemize
+clicking on the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-underwave"
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
- Keep antinausea pills handy.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Strikeout
-\family default
-
-\strikeout on
-This is text with Strikeout on.
-
-\strikeout default
- (key binding
+\begin_layout Itemize
+using the keybindings
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-strikeout"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
- since changed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
-
-\noun on
-This is text with Noun on.
+\end_layout
-\noun default
- Like
-\family sans
-Emph
-\family default
-, this is a logical attribute.
- Normally it's equivalent to
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally the
\family sans
-Small
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Caps
+Emphasized
\family default
-.
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
+es use a different font.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+We've been using the
\family sans
-Color
+Emphasized
\family default
- You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
- Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
- Besides
-\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ style all over the place in this document.
+ Here's one more example:
+\end_layout
-color
-\family default
-, which is the default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quotation
-color
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\emph on
+Do not overuse character styles!
+\end_layout
- and means normally black, you can choose between
-\family sans
-Black
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-White
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Red
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Green
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Blue
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Cyan
-\family default
-,
+\begin_layout Standard
+It's also a warning in addition to an example.
+ One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
+ the common tendency to overuse character style.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the dialog
\family sans
-Magenta
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
\family default
- and
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fine-Tuning with the
\family sans
-Yellow
+Text Style
\family default
- text.
+ dialog
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Text
+Text Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
+ LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
+ For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
+ requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+ Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
+ from ordinary dialog.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
- the language of the document.
- Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
- (only within LyX).
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
+ warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
+ tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
- Once you've chosen a new character style via the
+To use custom character styles, open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
- dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them using the toolbar button
+ dialog or press the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "textstyle-apply"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
- isn't visible.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To completely reset the character style to the default, use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
+arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
.
- If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
- (suppose you just set the shape to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-slanted
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and the series to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-bold
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-), set the
+ There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+ font property that you can choose.
+ You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
\family sans
-Toggle
+No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-all
+change
\family default
- switch and press
+, which keeps the current state of that property.
+ The item
\family sans
-Apply
+Reset
\family default
-.
+ will reset the property to whatever is the default.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
+ environments in a snap.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You should also know something about the differences between the three main
- font types
-\family sans
-serif
-\family default
-,
+The font properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
-sans
+No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif
+change
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
-typewriter
+Reset
\family default
-:
+) are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Family
\family default
- is a so called
+ The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-monospaced
+overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font, that means every character has the same width, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ of the font.
+ The possible options are:
+\end_layout
-i
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- is as wide as the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ This is the Roman font family.
+ Normally a serif font.
+ It's also the default family.
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-roman"
\end_inset
-m
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-.
- Here is an example
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Serif
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+This is the Sans Serif font family.
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
-status open
+\family default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-sans"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+
\family typewriter
-typewriter text
+This is the Typewriter font family.
+
\family default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-typewriter"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more on phantoms see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+)
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:More-Spaces"
+\family sans
+Series
+\family default
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-.
+\family sans
+Medium
+\family default
+ This is the Medium font series.
+ It's also the default series.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Bold
+\family default
+
+\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\series default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-bold"
\end_inset
-no typewriter text
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Serif
+Shape
\family default
- fonts use characters with serifs.
- These are the small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-appendices
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
- at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
- The following example will show the difference:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-text with serifs
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Upright
+\family default
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+ It's also the default shape.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-text without serifs
+Italic
+\family default
+
+\shape italic
+This
+\shape default
+
+\family sans
+\shape italic
+i
\family default
+s the Italic font shape
+\shape default
+\emph on
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
- These fonts are therefore used as default (named
\family sans
-roman
+Slanted
\family default
-).
+
+\shape slanted
+This is the Slanted font shape
+\shape default
+ (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Sans serif
+Small
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Caps
\family default
- don't use serifs.
- This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
- We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+
+\shape smallcaps
+This is the Small caps font shape
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Toggling
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Size
+\family default
+ Alters the size of the font.
+ You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
+ proportional to the document font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
+ what you want to do.
+ The options are:
+\end_layout
- refers to applying or removing font properties.
- When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
- the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
- to be removed.
- If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
- has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
- not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Tiny
+\family default
+\size tiny
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Never toggled
+Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ font size.
-always toggled
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size tiny"
\end_inset
- mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
- For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-Family
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
- If
+\family sans
+Smallest
+\family default
+
+\size scriptsize
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Toggle all
+Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
- of them are.
- Finally,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ font size
+\size default
+.
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size scriptsize"
\end_inset
-Reset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
- is never toggled.
- If you set
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Smaller
+\family default
+
+\size footnotesize
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Series
+Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ font size.
-Reset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset
- and select
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-Toggle all
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
- series (
+\family sans
+Small
+\family default
+
+\size small
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Medium
+Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), no matter how many times you apply the style.
-
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
- They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
-\end_layout
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size small"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Printing and Previewing
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Overview
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
- using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
- Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
- goes on behind-the-scenes.
- We cover this information in much greater detail in the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual as well.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Normal
+\family default
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
- LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
- LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
- This happens in two stages:
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+ It's also the default size.
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size normal"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
- generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Large
+\family default
+
+\size large
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
+ font size.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size large"
\end_inset
-.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
-\family typewriter
-.tex
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Larger
\family default
- file to produce printable output.
-\end_layout
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Output file formats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size larger"
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Largest
+\family default
+
+\size largest
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Simple text (ASCII)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\size default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size largest"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! ASCII
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Huge
+\family default
+
+\size huge
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size huge"
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.txt
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Huger
\family default
+
+\size giant
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ font size.
-American Standard Code for Information Interchange
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size giant"
\end_inset
- (ASCII).
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Simple
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-text
-\family default
- or
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Simple
-\begin_inset space ~
+Increase
+\family default
+ This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-(ps2ascii)
-\family default
-.
- The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
-n to ASCII.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! LaTeX
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size increase"
+\end_inset
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\family default
+ This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
- your document.
- If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
- it manually with console commands.
- The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
- you view or export your document.
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size decrease"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+We warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ — use those instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning only!
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-{}
+\family sans
+Misc
+\family default
+ Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
+ Options are:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-eX
+\family sans
+Emph
\family default
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
.
+ This might seem like the same as
+\shape italic
+Italic
+\shape default
+, but it is actually a bit different.
+ Emphasized is a
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+ attribute.
+ That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
+ text.
+ Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-DVI
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! DVI
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Underbar
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+This is text with Underbar on.
+\bar default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.dvi
\family default
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
+ when you could not change fonts.
+ One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ This is only possible in LyX because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- It is called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uuline on
+This is text with Double underbar on.
+
+\uuline default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underunderline"
\end_inset
-device-independent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
- to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
- DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
- like PostScript.
+As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
+ about double underbar.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
- So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
- it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
- you view the DVI.
- So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to DVI by the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- or
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+Wavy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uwave on
+This is text with Wavy underbar on.
-{}
-\end_layout
+\uwave default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underwave"
+\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-X).
+Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
+ Keep antinausea pills handy.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Strikeout
\family default
- The latter option uses the program
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
-.
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+\strikeout on
+This is text with Strikeout on.
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+\strikeout default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-strikeout"
+\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-).
- LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- TeX processor.
+This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
+ changed in the meantime.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PostScript
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PostScript
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+This is text with Noun on.
+\noun default
+ Like
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+, this is a logical attribute.
+ Normally it's equivalent to
+\family sans
+Small
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Caps
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-.ps
+\family sans
+Color
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
+ Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
+ Besides
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- PostScript was developed by the company
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
+color
\family default
- as a printer language.
- The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
- file.
- PostScript can be seen as a
+, which is the default
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-programming language
+color
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
-ge
-\series bold
-pstricks
-\series default
-
+ and means normally black, you can choose between
+\family sans
+Black
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+White
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Red
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Green
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blue
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cyan
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Yellow
+\family default
+ text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
+Color ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
- Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-PostScript can only contain images in the format
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
+ the language of the document.
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
+ (only within LyX).
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
+ the German hyphenation rules automatically.
+ When using the spell checking (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert them in the background to EPS.
- If you have e.g 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
-images in your document, LyX has to do 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-conversions whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
- So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
- EPS to avoid this problem.
+) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
+So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
+ Once you've chosen a new character style via the
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PostScript
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PDF
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PDF
-\end_layout
-
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
-\end_layout
-
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog, the settings are saved.
+ You can activate them by using the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
-
+.
+ The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
+ isn't visible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
.
- The
+ If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
+ (suppose you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
+slanted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF) developed by
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\family default
- was derived from PostScript.
- It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
- As the name
+ and the series to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-portable
+bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
- looks exactly the same.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+), set the
+\family sans
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+all
+\family default
+ switch and press
+\family sans
+Apply
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+You should also know something about the differences between the three main
+ font types
+\family sans
+serif
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
+serif
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+typewriter
\family default
+:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- or
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+ is a so called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
-
+monospaced
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) and
+ font, which means every character has the same width; the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Network Graphics
+i
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+ is as wide as the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
-
+m
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
- in the background to one of these formats.
- But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
- will slow down your workflow.
- So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PDF via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export
-\family default
- in three different ways:
-\end_layout
+.
+ Here is an example
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ps2pdf
-\family default
- that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
- The PostScript-version is produced by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
- So this export variant consist of three conversions.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
-(dvipdfm) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
-\family default
- that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
- PDF.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+no
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(pdflatex) This uses the program
+
\family typewriter
-pdftex
+typewriter text
\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-XeTeX
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-
-\family typewriter
-XeTeX
-\family default
- is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
+For more on phantoms see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
-).
- It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-{}
+no typewriter text
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-X) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- is an even newer engine, derived from
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+\family sans
+Serif
\family default
-, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
- access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-
+appendices
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- tex processor.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend to use
-\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+ at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
+ The following example shows the difference:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- because
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
- works without problems.
- If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or specific OpenType fonts, you might
- want to try out
-\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+text with serifs
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-X)
-\family default
- or
\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
+text without serifs
+\family default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-X)
-\family default
- instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
- as
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
+ These fonts are therefore used as default (named
+\family sans
+roman
\family default
-.
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-XHTML
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FileFormats ! XHTML
+\family sans
+Sans serif
+\family default
+ is not recommended to use a base type.
+ This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTML
-\end_layout
-
+Toggling
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+ refers to applying or removing font properties.
+ When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
+ the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
+ to be removed.
+ If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
+ currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
+ and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
+ G.
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.xhtml
-\family default
-
+Never toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
- It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
- when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
- suitable for the purpose.
- Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
- it, but not all do.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-XHTML output remains
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-under development
+always toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
- See the chapter
+ mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
+ For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-LyX and the World Wide Web
+Family
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, in the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual, for more information.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
+ etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
+ If
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX-HTML
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Previewing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
-\end_layout
-
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
- breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- and choose
-\family sans
-View
+all
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "buffer-view"
+ is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
+ of them are.
+ Finally,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ is never toggled.
+ If you e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
-
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+set
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Series
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Further output formats can be selected via
+ and select
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Other Formats
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+all
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
+ series (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Medium
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+), no matter how many times you apply the style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
- viewer window using the menu
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update (Other Formats)
-\family default
-, respectively.
+We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
+ They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
- directory.
- To have a real output, export your document.
+\begin_layout Section
+Printing and Previewing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the File from within LyX
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printing-the-File"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
- it directly from within LyX.
- To print a file, select the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Print
-\family default
- or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
- This file is then processed by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
-\family typewriter
-Ghostscript
-\family default
-.
- Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
+Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+ using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
+ goes on behind-the-scenes.
+ We cover this information in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
- is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
- printing one set to print on the other side.
- Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
- By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
- of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
+LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
+ LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
+ confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
+ LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the parameters in the
-\family sans
-Print
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
+ generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Destination
-\family default
- box as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Printer
-\family default
- This is the name of the printer to print to.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that this printer name is for the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- That means
\family typewriter
-dvips
+.tex
\family default
- has to be configured for this printer name.
- The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Printer"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- The printer should understand PostScript.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-File
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
\family default
- The name of a file to print to.
- The output will be a PostScript file.
- It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
- path.
+ file to produce printable output.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-A few Words about Typography
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Output file formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography
+File formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphens
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Simple text (ASCII)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyphens
+File formats ! ASCII
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX, the
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
--
+.txt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character comes in four lengths: the
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-, and the minus sign:
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+.
+ It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+American Standard Code for Information Interchange
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (ASCII).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-name
-\end_layout
-
+You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-output
-\end_layout
+text
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-inserted with
+(ps2ascii)
+\family default
+.
+ The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
+n to ASCII.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-hyphen
+File formats ! LaTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
--
+.tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in text
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
+ your document.
+ If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
+ it manually with console commands.
+ The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
+ you view or export your document.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-en dash
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-–
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-em dash
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-—
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+DVI
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-minus sign
+File formats ! DVI
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
-\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
--
+.dvi
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in math mode
-\end_layout
-
+.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+device-independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
+ to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+ DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
+ like PostScript.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
+ So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
+ them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
+ when you view the DVI.
+ So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to DVI by the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+X).
+\family default
+ The latter option uses the program
\family typewriter
--
+LuaTeX
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- character multiple times in a row.
- They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
- the final output, but not in LyX.
+.
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
- gives a en dash,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+).
+ LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
+ standard TeX processor.
+\end_layout
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PostScript
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+File formats ! PostScript
+\end_layout
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- a em dash.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
- math mode and has a length of its own.
- Here are some examples of the
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
--
+.ps
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in use:
-\end_layout
+.
+ PostScript was developed by the company
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ as a printer language.
+ The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
+ file.
+ PostScript can be seen as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-line- and page-breaks
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+programming language
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-)
+; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
+ge
+\series bold
+pstricks
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A–Z
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-)
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh — there's a dash.
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-)
+ Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+PostScript can only contain images in the format
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-minus sign
-\emph default
-)
-\end_layout
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphenation
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyphenation
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+).
+ As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
+ to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ If you have e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyphenation"
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+50
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+images in your document, LyX has to do 50
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
+ This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
+ So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
+ EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
- Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
+You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PDF
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+File formats ! PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
- following the rules of the document language
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
-
-\family sans
-German
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-German
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(new
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-spelling)
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
+PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
-
-\family sans
-typewriter
-\family default
- font and with unusual constructs, like
+This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h3knix/m0n0wall
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
- This is done with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyphenation
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Point
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
\family default
-.
- These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
- Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
- in the form
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-A-b c
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+ The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--
+Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as a hyphenation possibility.
- Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
- as described in section
+ (PDF) developed by
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ was derived from PostScript.
+ It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
+ As the name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Prevent Hyphenation
+portable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-EmbeddedObjects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
+ looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Punctuation Marks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Punctuation marks
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Abbreviations and End of Sentence
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Abbreviations"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
- automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
- LaTeX then adds the
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-appropriate amount of space
+Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
- the next word.
- Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
- not work in all cases.
- If a
+ (PNG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.
+.png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
- at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
+).
+ You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
+ background to one of these formats.
+ But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
+ will slow down your workflow.
+ So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here are some examples of
-\emph on
-correct
-\emph default
- abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
+You can export your document to PDF via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export
+\family default
+ in different ways:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-M.
- Butterfly
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't worry.
- Be happy.
+(ps2pdf) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
+ The PostScript-version is produced by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
+ So this export variant consist of three conversions.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
+ PDF.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
- this is too much space!
+(pdflatex) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ which converts your file directly to PDF.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
-\end_layout
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
-\family sans
-Inter-word
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
\family default
- after lowercase abbreviations (see section
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+ is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! inter-word
+ It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
+y written Japanese.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use a
-\family sans
-Thin
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
\family default
- between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
+ which converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an even newer engine, derived from
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
+ access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Thin-Space"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! thin
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
+ standard TeX processor.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
+\begin_layout Standard
+We recommend using
\family sans
-End
+PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ because
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
+ works without problems.
+ If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or specific OpenType fonts, you might
+ want to try out
+\family sans
+PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-sentence
-\begin_inset space ~
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-period
+X)
\family default
- found under the
+ or
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
+PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Character
-\family default
- menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
- This function is also bound to
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- for easy access.
+X)
+\family default
+ instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
+ as
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+XHTML
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+FileFormats ! XHTML
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-this is too much space!
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I\SpecialChar \@.
- It's okay.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTML
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
- will take care of this.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
- Check out the
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.xhtml
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
+ It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
+ When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
+ suitable for the purpose.
+ For the math output you can choose in the menu
\family sans
-Check
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output
+\family default
+ between different formats, which are described in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TeX
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+XHTML output remains
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+under development
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
+ See the chapter
+\emph on
+LyX and the World Wide Web
+\emph default
+, in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual, for more information.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LyXHTML
\family default
- feature described in section
-\emph on
-Checking TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Previewing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotes
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotes | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
+ breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ and choose
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ or use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+.
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-open close
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+).
+ Further output formats can be selected via
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Other Formats
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
+
\end_inset
.
- The keyboard character,
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
-, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the behavior of the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key using the submenu
+If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
+ viewer window using the menu
\family sans
-Language
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update
\family default
- of the dialog
+ or
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update (Other Formats)
\family default
+, respectively.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
+ directory.
+ To have a real output, export your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the File from within LyX
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
+ it directly from within LyX.
+ To print a file, select the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Print
+\family default
+ or click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
- dialog.
+.
+ LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
+ This file is then processed by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
+\family typewriter
+Ghostscript
+\family default
+.
+ Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
+ is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
+ printing one set to print on the other side.
+ Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
+ By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
+ of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
+You can set the following print parameters in the
\family sans
-Type
+Print
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Destination
\family default
- option.
- There are six choices:
+ box:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Printer
+\family default
+ This is the name of the printer to print to.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note that this printer name is for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ That means
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ has to be configured for this printer name.
+ The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Printer"
-double
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes els
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-single
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-
+ The printer should understand PostScript.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
-\end_inset
-
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
-\end_inset
-
-
+File
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
-\end_inset
+ The name of a file to print to.
+ The output will be a PostScript file.
+ It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
+ path.
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+A few Words about Typography
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography
+\end_layout
- or 'this
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hyphens
+\end_layout
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes gls
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dashes
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\begin_layout Standard
+In LyX, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+-
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
-\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prs
+ character comes in four lengths: the
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+, and the minus sign:
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+name
+\end_layout
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+output
+\end_layout
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inserted with
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frs
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+hyphen
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+-
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
-\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes als
-\end_inset
+ in text
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+en dash
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These settings affect what character the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key produces.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+–
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+em dash
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-{
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+minus sign
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Ligatures"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
-.
- Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
- in the output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
+ in math mode
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-graffiti,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
-cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or the German
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
+ the final output, but not in LyX.
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ligature
-\begin_inset space ~
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Break.
-
-\family default
- This changes
+ gives a en dash,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-links
+-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ a em dash.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
+ math mode and has a length of its own.
+ Here are some examples:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+line- and page-breaks
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+(
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+From A–Z
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+(
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Oh — there's a dash.
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+(
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
-.
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+(
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX's Proper Names
+Hyphenation
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Proper names
+Hyphenation
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+name "sub:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
- characters in different sizes and heights.
- LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
- as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+ Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+ following the rules of the document language.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
+
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font and with unusual constructs, like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-command
+h3knix/m0n0wall
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
- To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
-\end_layout
-
+.
+ If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
+ manually.
+ This is done with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyphenation
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
- proper names:
+Point
+\family default
+.
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX The name of the game, write
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
+ Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
+ in the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+A-b c
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ as a hyphenation possibility.
+ Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-yX
+Prevent Hyphenation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-T
-\begin_inset ERT
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Punctuation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Abbreviations"
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ LaTeX then adds the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eX
+appropriate amount of space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to produce it.
+.
+ That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
+ the next word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
+ gets after another word.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
+\begin_layout Standard
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
+ not work in all cases.
+ If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family typewriter
+.
+\family default
-{}
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
+ at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here are some examples of
+\emph on
+correct
+\emph default
+ abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
+\end_layout
-eX2e
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+M.
+ Butterfly
+\end_layout
- to produce it.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Don't worry.
+ Be happy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+\end_layout
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.
+ this is too much space!
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
-.
- It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
+\end_layout
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+\end_layout
-TeX-3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
+\family sans
+Inter-word
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Space
+\family default
+ after lowercase abbreviations (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TeX-3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't want to use proper names, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+).
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
- word.
- This will look in LyX like:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/LaTeX.png
- scale 80
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spaces ! inter-word
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use a
+\family sans
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-For more about TeX Code, look at section
+Space
+\family default
+ between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+reference "sub:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
+).
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
+Spaces ! thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
+\family sans
+End
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- for units use the menu
+sentence
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+period
+\family default
+ found under the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thin
+Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
+Character
\family default
- (shortcut
+ menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
+ This function is also bound to
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
+type "shortcut"
+arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
\end_inset
-).
+ for easy access.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example to show the differences:
+With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+this is too much space!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+ It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
+ will take care of this.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
+\begin_layout Standard
+For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+ Check out the
+\family sans
+Check
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
-\end_inset
+TeX
+\family default
+ feature described in section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-h
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Quotes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography ! Quotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-space between number and unit
+Quotes | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
-\end_inset
-h
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-half space between number and unit
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
+ Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing quote at the end.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+open close
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+.
+ The keyboard character,
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify what character the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produces using the submenu
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ of the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
- for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
- of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
- of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
+ dialog in the box
+\family sans
+Quote Style
+\family default
.
+ There are six choices:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
- to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
- This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
- or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+\family default
+ Use quotes like this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset space ~
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-] may have more information.
- You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
-\end_layout
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
-ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Greyed
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography ! Ligatures
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text
-\begin_inset Foot
+Ligatures | see
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
- How this can be done is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Ligatures"
+
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
- indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
-\end_inset
-
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note
-\family default
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
.
- Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
+ Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
+ in the output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Footnotes
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Footnotes"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
- menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Footnote
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "footnote-insert"
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you'll see
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- the following box:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
- This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
- If you
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
+ or the German
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ To break a ligature, use
\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ligature
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Break.
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again, will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
- on the footnote
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-.
-\end_layout
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
-\end_layout
+cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
- no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
- LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
- scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
-\family default
-ey are described in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX's Proper Names
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal notes
+LyX ! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
+name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marginal
-\begin_inset space ~
+You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
+ characters in different sizes and heights.
+ LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
+ as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Note
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "marginalnote-insert"
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-, you'll see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
-\family default
-\series default
- grey
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with a
-\family default
-\series default
- red
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-margin
+command
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is LyX's representation of your margin
-\family default
-\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
+ appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
+ To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the side is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a marginal note.
+ Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
+ proper names:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX The name of the game, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images
+yX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Graphics
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
- or select
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
-\family sans
-Graphics
-\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
-\family sans
-Get
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
+eX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
-bounding
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
.
-\end_layout
+ It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
-\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
-\family default
- tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
- You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft
-\begin_inset space ~
+: The actual version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
- The option
-\family sans
-Don't
-\begin_inset space ~
+TeX-3.141592
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-unzip
-\begin_inset space ~
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+TeX-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-export
-\family default
- is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual in section
-\emph on
-Graphics Dialog
-\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
-
-\end_layout
+If you don't want to use proper names, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
+ word.
+ This will look in LyX like:
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- scale 70
+ filename clipart/LaTeX.png
+ scale 80
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
+Units
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+Typography ! Units
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Image-Formats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
-
+half space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX uses therefore the program
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
-\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
-
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
-.
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
-Graphics Interchange Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+h
+\end_layout
- (GIF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.gif
-\family default
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+h
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-{
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+half space between number and unit
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Typography ! Widows and orphans
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
+ for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
+ of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
+ of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
+ to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
+\end_layout
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
+ or how you can tweak that behavior.
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ or
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-{
+) may have more information.
+ You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Notes"
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
+ a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(xxx)
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Scalable
+Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
+ set in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Greyed-out
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Scalable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+notes
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.svg
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
+This is text
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+ of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
+ indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.eps
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note
\family default
+.
+ Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Footnotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
+ menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you will see
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ the following box:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
+ scale 80
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF, file extension
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again, will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
.
- We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
- or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
- In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
+ and click on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
- versa.
-\end_layout
+Here is an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping of Image Settings
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
+To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A new group can be set by entering a name in the
-\family sans
-Group
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
+ The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
+ in.
+ LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
+ schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
+\family default
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Name
-\family default
- field in the Graphics dialog.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- by checking the name of the desired group.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Tables
+Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables
+Marginal notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tables"
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Marginal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "tabular-insert"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
+, you will see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here's an example table:
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with the
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
+\family roman
+\series medium
+note.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For further information about marginal notes see section
+\emph on
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Notes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+Images
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
+\family sans
+Get
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+from
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
+file
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+bounding
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\family sans
+LaTeX and LyX options
+\family default
+ tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
+ In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Draft
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
+mode
+\family default
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
+ with the image size is printed.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Don't
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+unzip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
-
-\end_layout
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+export
+\family default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual in section
+\emph on
+Graphics Dialog
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ scale 70
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Image Formats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Image-Formats"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
- brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
- where the cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Additionally to the table dialog, the
-\family sans
-table
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-toolbar
-\family default
- helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
\end_inset
-Settings
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ LyX therefore uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ImageMagick
\family default
- of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-Cells"
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
-\family sans
-Multicolumn
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Multirow
-\family default
-.
- This will merge the cells to
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-abc
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
-\end_layout
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.gif
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jkl
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+GIF|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-B
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-D
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+PNG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
- explained in the tables section of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-degrees counterclockwise.
- These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
-\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+JPG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-long
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-table
-\family default
- in the tab
-\family sans
-Longtable
-\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the first page, if
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-header
-\family default
- is defined.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
- You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Caption
-\family default
-.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
+Scalable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
- The others will then be defined as
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last
-\begin_inset space ~
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
+ data loss.
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
+Scalable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-header.
+\family typewriter
+.svg
\family default
- See the following longtable to see how it works:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+SVG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+EPS|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Example Phone List
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
-\end_layout
+.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+can be
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
+ result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-continue ...
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
+ versa.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping of Image Settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Annovi
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
+ group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
+ of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
+ the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
+ need to manually change each of them.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A new group can be set by entering a name in the
+\family sans
+Group
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Name
+\family default
+ field in the Graphics dialog.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
+ by checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bertoli
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here is an example table:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bozzi
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cinquemani
+\size normal
+\noun off
+\color none
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Concli
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Table dialog
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
+ then choosing
+\family sans
+More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ This brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
+ cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In addition to the table dialog, the
+\family sans
+table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+toolbar
+\family default
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\family default
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Dal Bosco
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
+ using the check box
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Multirow
+\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+def ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Feliciello
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Focarelli
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Galletti
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
+ explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+degrees counterclockwise.
+ These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
+\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Longtables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Tables ! Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Lassini
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
-\end_layout
+long
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+ You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Caption
+\family default
+.
+ More about longtable captions can be found in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is split.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
+
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header
+\family default
+; see the following longtable to see how it works:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
\series bold
-Radina
+continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Annovi
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Colin
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Concli
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Galletti
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lassini
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Radina
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-999
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endlastfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-End
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Cells
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Cells
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-Cells"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
- All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
- Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
- But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
-\family sans
-Section*
-\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
- for the cell's paragraph.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
- An example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-4
+\series bold
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-5
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-6
+\series bold
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is longer now.
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-7
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-8
+\series bold
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
- This is longer now.
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-9
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
- You can cut and paste even more than one row.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
- not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Selection with the mouse or with
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Gasparini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
- It can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
-
-\family sans
-Footnotes
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Notes
-\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the page.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
-, every float can be referenced in the text.
- Floats are therefore numbered.
- Referencing is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Floats
-\family default
-.
- A box with a caption that has e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
+\end_layout
-#:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
- (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
- After the label you can insert the caption text.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Captions
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
- To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
- by left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
- scale 80
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- – a gray button with a red label.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
- LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+\series bold
+Lassini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Types
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Figure Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Luciano
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- inserts a float with the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-#:
-\series default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
-.
- Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
- the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
- This is what we did for Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Platypus"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Valeriano
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-.
- If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
- of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
- This was done in Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Escher"
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- width 50col%
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Platypus"
+Roberto
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Erich
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Escher"
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-M.C.
- Escher on acid.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paolo
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- scale 80
+555, 222
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Claudio
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it.
- As described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\series bold
+Stuffer
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and refer to it using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-.
- It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
- references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oskar
+\end_layout
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
- might not be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ugo
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Undefinable"
+\series bold
+Tezzele
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Margit
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- are the subfigures.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+Frieda
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Undefinable"
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Undefinable
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hilde
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Jürgen
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+999
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus"
+\series bold
+Weber
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Platypus
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franz
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-Two distorted images.
+\series bold
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the caption is added to the
-\family sans
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-Figures
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Table Floats
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Cells
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+Tables ! Cells
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-Cells"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
- label.
- Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is an example of a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
-
-A table float.
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Joe
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Mary
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Ted
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+6
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
-\end{array}\right]$
+7
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can cut and paste even more than one row.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
+ not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Algorithm Floats
+\begin_layout Section
+Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Algorithm floats
+Floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is inserted with the menu
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithm
+Footnotes
\family default
-.
- It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
- A possible environment for algorithms is the
+ and
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Notes
\family default
-, described in section
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too many notes on the current page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
+ the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ After the label you can insert the caption text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
- language.
+Floats ! Captions
\end_layout
\end_inset
- You have to do this manually by adding the following line
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
+ by left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/floatQt4.png
+ scale 80
+
+\end_inset
+
+ – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
+ LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Examples
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Figure-Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Figure floats
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-name}
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the document preamble (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-).
-
-\series bold
-your
+Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-name
-\series default
- is the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\emph on
-algorithm
-\emph default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in your language.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Wrap Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ was created using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
-\end_layout
+.
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
+.
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ in front of or behind the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Settings
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Wrap figure
-lines 0
-placement l
-overhang 0in
-width "40col%"
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- width 40col%
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
+ width 50col%
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
+name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
\end_inset
-This is a wrapped figure.
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+ and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
+ references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-This float type is used if you want to
+, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
+ might not be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-wrap
+above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
- width.
- It can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wrap
+ at all.
+ For more about cross-references, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Float
-\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-wrapfig
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Undefinable"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ are the subfigures.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
- is installed.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Undefinable
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
-\emph on
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Configuration
-\emph default
- manual.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ width 45col%
- The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
- float box.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-col%.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Available units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Platypus"
\end_inset
-.
+Platypus
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
-ng text.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
- that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
- other text.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- In general:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
- place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
- page breaks will appear.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
- there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Rotated Floats
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
+Two distorted images.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Rotating
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
- To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
- and use the option
-\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Table Floats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Table floats
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-sideways
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
- have a multicolumn document).
- You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
-Span
-\begin_inset space ~
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
-columns
-\family default
.
- Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
- Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
- format is also the same: Table
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
+ label.
+ Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Rotated-table"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is an example of a rotated table float.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
-\end_layout
+reference "tab:Table-float"
\end_inset
-
+ is a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
-sideways true
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Rotated-table"
+name "tab:Table-float"
\end_inset
- Rotated table
+A table float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-test
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-d
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Placement
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Float-Placement"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Placement
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The option
-\family sans
-Span
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-columns
-\family default
- is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The option
-\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-sideways
-\family default
- is used to rotate floats, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-placement
-\family default
-:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-floats: try to place the float at an own page
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The order of the above option is
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
-\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-possible
-\family default
-, then
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-page
-\family default
-, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
- If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
- but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each option has its own rules:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the top of a page
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-floats
-\family default
-: only if more than 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
- on a page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
- option
-\family sans
-Ignore
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-rules
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
- exactly at the position where it is inserted.
- For this case you can use the option
-\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-definitely
-\family default
-.
- Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
- be printed.
- Because the float is then no longer able to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
- surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
+LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
-
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
called minipage.
Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
apply.
Box
\family default
.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
- to other box types.
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
+ box type.
All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
Math
\emph default
manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
toolbar
\family default
-, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
+, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
+There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
+ paragraph, like this one:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
A=B
\end_inset
.
- So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+ Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
- space character (visible space).
+This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
+ the space character (visible space).
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
- way is to use a command.
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-superscript"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-subscript"
+\end_inset
+
+), but the much easier way is to use a command.
To get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
frac
\series default
or using the icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/frac.png
- scale 60
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\frac"
\end_inset
in the
Panel
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
+\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\root"
\end_inset
or the commands
, versus
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
\]
\end_inset
\family sans
Operators
\family default
- ,
+,
\family sans
Relations
\family default
Panel
\family default
-, but can type the command directly into the formula.
+; you can type the command directly into the formula.
LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
LaTeX provides.
- To do this, type
+ To do this, press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
- or to use the
+ or use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/space.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\space"
\end_inset
+
+\family default
.
This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
For example, the sequence
Panel
\family default
contains under the button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/functions.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset
+
+\family default
a number of function macros, such as
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
+reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Accent-names-and"
+name "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
decorations
\family default
symbol set button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/hat.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\hat"
\end_inset
- in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
a formula too.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For most purposes, using just the keys
+ For some purposes, using just the keys
\family typewriter
[]{}()|<>
\family default
\end_inset
.
- For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
- matrix such as:
+ For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\begin{array}{cc}
\end_inset
-and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
+ Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+\end_inset
+
+ and the expression on the right was entered using the
+\family typewriter
+()
+\family default
+ keys.
+
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
- to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
+ that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
+ inside.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
- you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
- inside the brackets.
+ you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
+ go inside the brackets.
Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
Insert
\family default
.
The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
+ braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
+ the structure and enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-delim ( )"
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Panel
\family default
matrix button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/matrix.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
+
+\family default
.
It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
Here is an example:
\end_inset
- To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
- where you want to start the shift and hit
-\family sans
-Ctrl-Tab.
-
-\family default
- It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
- position to the next column.
- Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
- within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
+ in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray*}
\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
\family default
\series default
.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+ There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
+LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:asquared"
\end_inset
-).
+.
The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
- type when you have many labels in your document.
+ as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
+ label type when you have many labels in your document.
We inserted in the following example the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Reference
\family default
.
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
as the formula number:
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
-
+ To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
+ press
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+Del
\family default
- and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Panel
\family default
button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
+
+\family default
, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
\family default
within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where
+ Here is an example where
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
+
+\family default
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
e.
These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/style.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
+
+\family default
.
A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
For example, you can set
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
- inset is set in a particular size with the menu
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
+ is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
Options
\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
+ will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
+One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
the document.
To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
+ The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- A grey label box like this:
+ A gray label box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/labelQt4.png
scale 85
\family sans
-enu: Second-item
+enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
+if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
+ be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
scale 85
Copy as Reference
\family default
.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
to the actual cursor position via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paste
\family default
- (shortcut Ctrl+V).
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paste"
+\end_inset
+
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
- between them.
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
+ line breaks between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six varieties of cross-references:
+There are six formats of cross-references:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
+\family sans
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
+\family default
+ in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document Class
+\family default
+.
+ The package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ is the default and preferred because
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ supports only English documents.
+ The format is specified by using the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newrefformat
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+fig
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) can be done with this command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
+reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand nameref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can change labels at any time.
References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to take care about this.
+ do not need to think about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\family sans
Outline
\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
- sections in your documents.
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
+ to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Navigating"
+reference "sub:The-Outliner"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
- add the prefix
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
+ adding the prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Credits"
+reference "chap:Credits"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as key.
+, a short form of its title, as the key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
- concerning them.
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
entries.
You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
- cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
- that document.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
+ the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
+ list for that document.
This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
you have cited.
\end_layout
special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bibliography
\family default
.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
The option
\family sans
\family sans
Content
\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information how this is done, have a look at
+For information on how this is done, have a look at
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
- This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
-es dialog under
+ You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
+ either in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ or in LyX's preferences under
\family sans
-Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
eX
\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+.
+ The following variants are possible:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
+ other bibliography packages (like e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-eX
+g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command
+
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+), only with the package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
+ letters
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
+ with all bibliography packages, except of
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
+ larger memory than
+\family sans
+bibtex
\family default
- field.
+, works with all bibliography packages
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
+ of the variants.
Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
- in the citation reference window.
- Here an example where we set the text
+You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
+ the citation reference window.
+ Here is an example where the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to appear after the reference:
+ appears after the reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- A box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Index
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
+ A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
by LyX as the index entry.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Grouping Index Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
section.
But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
- then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
+If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
+ follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
- doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! maïs
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! maître
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
+ maïs, maison, maître.
To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
+The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
+ You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
+ See the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-LaTeX-packages !
+LaTeX-packages !
\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\family sans
xindy
\family default
-, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
- This is because xindy requires you
-\change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
-
-\change_unchanged
- to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
+, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
\begin_layout Standard
In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
above.
- Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
- Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
+ Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
If so, put the following in the preamble
or the options in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
+In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
For instance, you might need to set up a separate
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
next to the standard index.
- LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
- packages that add this feature.
+ LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
+ that add this feature.
LyX uses the
\series bold
splitidx
package to generate multiple indexes.
The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
- If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
- and select
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ and select the option
+\family sans
Use multiple Indexes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\family default
.
- Note that the list of
+ Note that the list
+\family sans
+Available Indexes
+\family default
+ already contains the standard index
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Available Indexes
+Index
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- below already contains the standard index.
+.
To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
also appear as a heading) to the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
New
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\family default
input field and press the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
Add
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- button.
- The new index should now appear in the list as well.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
- by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\family default
button.
- The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
- indexes in the LyX work area.
+ The new index now also appears in the list.
+ If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
+ index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Insert
\family default
- menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
+ menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
- are some additional features:
+ are additional features:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
- on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
+ on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
- Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
+ Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+ You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
Style
\family default
- dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are furthermore the options
-\series bold
-croatian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-danish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-english
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-french
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-german
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-italian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-polish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-portuguese
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-russian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-spanish
-\series default
-, and
-\series bold
-ukrainian
-\series default
- to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
- language.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
class options list in the
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- In this document the option
+ In this document the options
\series bold
-intoc
+refpage, intoc
\series default
- is used.
+ are used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Words like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ are automatically translated for some document languages.
+ If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
+\backslash
+nobreakspace(#1)}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+and replace
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+see equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ by their translation.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
Nomenclature
\family default
.
- A light blue box labeled
+ A box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
+ By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
+ You can choose between these settings:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default a space of 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+cm is used
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Longest
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+label
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom custom space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
- by adding the following line to the preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomlabelwidth}{width}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default value is 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_inset
branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
-, without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
+, without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
- is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
+ is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Math
\emph default
manual.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
+Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
+ files (e.g.
+ any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
+ For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
+ section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Flex insets and InsetLayout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\family sans
Hyperlinks
\family default
- how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
+ how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
are created.
The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
\begin_layout Standard
As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
+ LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-.
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+).
The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
- it.
+ it and selecting
+\family sans
+Close Inset
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
end of the day.
- Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
+ Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
all caption labels bold.
- But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
+ But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
in your manual.
- Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
+ Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Now LaTeX comes into play.
As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
database,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As result you know that the package
+As result you find that the package
\series bold
caption
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
+ two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
like your case.
For example if you use a
\family sans
\begin_layout Left Header
\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
defines the header line as described below
\begin_layout Center Header
\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Right Header
\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
\begin_layout Left Footer
\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
\begin_layout Center Footer
\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Right Footer
\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Section
Customized Page Headers and Footers
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
+To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
to set the headings style to
\family sans
Fancy
Layout
\family default
.
- As second step add in the menu
+ As a second step add in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_inset
.
- This module offers the 6
+ This module offers the following 6
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-styles
+styles:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Standard
Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
- but you can change them anywhere you want to.
+ But you can change them anywhere you want to.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
placement h
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The normal text on the page goes here.
- The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
+ The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
footnotes).
Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_inset
header styles.
- The things you add to the styles will appear on uneven pages, the things
- in the optional arguments on even pages.
- For single-sided documents, the optional argument will not be used and
+ The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
+ the optional arguments on even pages.
+ For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
can be omitted.
- If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing will appear in the
- output.
+ If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
Defining the footer line works similar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
- as TeX-code (menu
+ as TeX code (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Te
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
{}
\end_layout
\backslash
leftmark prints the current section number and title.
- In case of a book, it prints the current chapter title instead, but this
- document is an article.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
+ title instead.
It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-rightmark prints the name and number of the current subsection number and
- title.
- If it is a book it prints the current section title.
+rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
+ title instead.
It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Default headers/footers
+Default header/footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Custom headers and footers are not empty by default.
+The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
footer has the page number.
- In order to remove unwanted headers/footers, include the relevant header/footer
- style in your document, but leave it blank.
- So, if you don't want a page number in the footer, perhaps because you
- put it int he header instead, include a blank center footer to get rid
- of the default.
+ In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
+ relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
+ So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
+\family sans
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Footer
+\family default
+ style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The custom headers and footers will appear on normal pages.
+The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
- The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
+ The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
a new part or chapter in your book.
Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
\begin_layout Standard
The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
- If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
+ If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
- do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
+In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
+ this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
text line.
To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
+La
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX Log
+TeX Log
\family default
and look via the button
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
- Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
+ Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
This example consists of the following definition:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
- floats.
+In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
For more special things like e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
- fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
- to break your train of thought with
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-.
+ fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
+ to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Prerequisites
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
- LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
+To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
\end_inset
- as explained below, and turn on
+ (on some systems named simply
+\series bold
+preview
+\series default
+) installed.
+ If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ You obtain prettier results if you install the program
+\family typewriter
+pnmcrop
+\family default
+ from the
+\family typewriter
+netpbm
+\family default
+ package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
+ automatically installed together with LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling previews
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
+ LaTeX, activate the option
\family sans
-Instant
+Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-preview
+Graphics
\family default
in the
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-dialog under Look
+dialog under
+\family sans
+Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Display.
+Display
+\family default
+.
+ Then set
+\family sans
+Instant
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Preview
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+On
+\family default
+.
The
\family sans
Preview
\begin_layout Standard
Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
editing an inset.
- Previews of an already loaded document are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- generated just by selecting the
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
+ generated by activating the option
\family sans
-Instant
+Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-preview
+Graphics
\family default
- check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
+.
+ Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selected document parts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX will generate previews of math insets.
- It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
+Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
+ for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
+ that are not yet supported by LyX.
+ To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
\family sans
-Show
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preview
+\family default
+.
+ Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
+ The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
+ If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox
+\series default
+ which is not yet supported by LyX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox
+\series default
+ is explained in section
+\emph on
+Rotated and Scaled Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
- check box in the insert dialog.
- This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
- example.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
+ boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
+ text.
+ Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
+ boxes into it.
+ Here is the result:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
+\begin_inset Preview
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Doublebox
+position "c"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1in"
+special "width"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+with rotated
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ framed text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and a formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Previewing works also for colors.
+ In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
+ command
\series bold
-preview-latex
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox
\series default
- (on some systems named simply
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\series bold
-preview
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox
\series default
-) installed.
- If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+ is explained in section
+\emph on
+Colored Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
- You obtain prettier results if you install the program
-\family typewriter
-pnmcrop
-\family default
- from the
-\family typewriter
-netpbm
-\family default
- package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
- with LyX.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\begin_inset Preview
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+fboxrule 1mm
+\backslash
+fboxsep 1mm
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+This is text within a colored, framed box.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
- of it.
+If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
+ above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
+ that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
+ by the TeX Code.
+ If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
+ to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
+ So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
+ preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
+ whole document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaTeX source code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
Use the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
-
+The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Find & Replace
\begin_layout Standard
LyX has a built-in spell checker.
- It uses one of the libraries
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-hunspell
-\family default
-, or
-\family typewriter
-enchant
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
- Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
- as back-end.
- Which back-ends are available depends on the platform and the build-time
- configuration of the LyX program.
- E.
- g., on a Mac the operating system provides a spell checking service; there
- it is available as an additional back-end to choose from.
- The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
- under
-\family sans
-Language Settings
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
- This does work with all back-ends, assuming you have marked the different
- languages appropriately and the dictionaries installed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
- greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
-\family typewriter
-hunspell
-\family default
- can be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+ The menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
+\family default
+, the key
+\family sans
+F7
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
\end_inset
starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
- A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
- allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
+ you to edit and replace it in a second line.
Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
scrolled so that it is visible.
- In the
-\family sans
-spell checker
-\family default
- dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
- could be found.
- Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
+ In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
+n, if any could be found.
+ Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
\family sans
-Replace
+Replacement
\family default
- field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
+ field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- If you
-\change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
-
-\change_unchanged
- have marked the different languages in your document, spell checking will
- automatically switch to the appropriate dictionaries.
You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
a different one at the top of the dialog.
+ LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
+ have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
+ LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Limitations
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Further Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
- rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
- of the word.
- But you can use the
+In LyX's preferences dialog under
\family sans
-Find
+Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-&
+Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ you can set the following things:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Replace
+engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
+ Depending on your platform,
+\family typewriter
+aspell
\family default
- dialog for that.
-\end_layout
+,
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+enchant
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Further Settings
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
+ Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Spellchecker
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ are available.
+ On Windows only
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
\family default
- section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
+ is available.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Alternative
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
+ for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should consider, e.
+ should escape, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
- This should not normally be needed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Personal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
- the spell checker's default choice
+German umlauts.
+ This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
- Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
- The suggestions by the spell checker will be added to the context menu
- of a misspelled word if there were some found.
+continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
+ Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
+ By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
+ appear in the context menu.
Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
word.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-comments The spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well.
- You may disable this by deactivating this option.
+comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
+ as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
- It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
- the
-\emph on
+ It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
+ (namely the
+\family typewriter
MyThes
-\emph default
+\family default
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
The
+\family typewriter
+MyThes
+\family default
\emph on
-MyThes/
+/
\emph default
OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
- already on your system.
+If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
+ files should be already on your system.
If not, you can get dictionaries either from
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
+http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
+Note that, as of OpenOffice
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+3.0, the files on
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
selected.
A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
- replacement.
+ a replacement.
The proposals are grouped into categories.
- Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
- and hyponyms (such as
+ Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
+ only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
+
+\emph on
+organism
+\emph default
+ for
\emph on
plant
+\emph default
+), related terms (such as
+\emph on
+political
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+theory
\emph default
for
\emph on
-tree
+anarchistic
\emph default
), compounds (such as
\emph on
-tree diagram
+tree
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+diagram
+\emph default
+, if you look for
+\emph on
+tree
\emph default
-) and antonyms (such as
+) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
\emph on
-women
+girl
\emph default
for
\emph on
-men
+boy
\emph default
-), which are marked as such.
+).
+ Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
e.
- the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
- For example looking up the word forms
+ For example looking up the word form
+\change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
+s
\emph on
reports
\emph default
- or
+ or
+\change_unchanged
+
\emph on
reporting
\emph default
report
\emph default
.
+
+\change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
+The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
+\emph on
+reports
+\emph default
+, it will resolve it to the form
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+ which is in the dictionary).
+ However, this may not always work.
+ So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
+
+\change_unchanged
Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
-
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\emph on
report
\emph default
part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-License of the Thesaurus library
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\emph on
-MyThes
-\emph default
- library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
-\noun on
-Kevin B.
- Hendricks
-\noun default
- as a standalone program.
- Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
- The library was released under the
-\emph on
-Berkeley Database License
-\emph default
-, which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
- In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
- MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
-\family sans
-~src/support/mythes/license.readme
-\family default
-.
- In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
-\family sans
-MyThes-License.txt
-\family default
- that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
+To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
\series bold
dvipost
\series default
or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Comparison of Documents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Comparison of documents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Compare
+\family default
+.
+ The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
+ the differences.
+ In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
+ take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
+
+\family sans
+Copy
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+from
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Enable
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+tracking
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+features
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+the
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\family default
+ enables the change tracking option
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\family default
+ to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
- other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+If you have for example a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
+ can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
+ use an Italian keymap.
The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
+reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
There are a few things you need to know about this table.
- Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
- from the
+ Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
+s from the
\family typewriter
Latin1
\family default
\family default
-fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
- french quotes won't show up.
+ french quotes will not show up.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:The-latin1-character"
+name "tab:The-latin1-character"
\end_inset
The User Interface
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-User-Interface"
+name "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
- At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is used when more people are working on the same document.
+This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
+ one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
Version Control in LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
- NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
- (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
- The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
+Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
+ NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
+ (CSV).
+ The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to various file formats.
The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
- They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
+ They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
CJK
+\family default
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
-\family default
-format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
- (CJK)
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yX format of the special LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
+ Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DocBook
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
+ This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
+ files paths or file names in your document.
+ LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- DVI-format
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
+ in files paths or file names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX) DVI-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Graphviz
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Dot text file with code in the programming language
+\family typewriter
+Dot
+\family default
+ which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
+\family typewriter
+Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(
+\family default
+LuaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+(
+\family default
+XeT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-y
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(La
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- is replaced by the version number)
+
+\family default
+TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
+ music notation software
+\family typewriter
+LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Archive
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
+ your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
+ to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+L
\family sans
-OpenOffice
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-,
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+z
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ represent the version number)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
\family sans
-KOffice
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-,
+yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
+\family typewriter
+ NoWeb
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
\family sans
-Abiword
+LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
, etc.
(The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
+\family default
+, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
+\family default
+, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Custom
+Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
+ programming language
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- custom format
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The program
+.
+ Using the
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+R
\family default
- produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
- It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
- what you want.
-
+-function
\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+Sweave
+\family default
+ it is possible to use
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
+-commands in LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
- the export program.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Print
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
+This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
prefix, see section
\begin_inset space ~
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Select Whole Inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
+ If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Select All
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Find & Replace
+Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace (Advanced)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
- These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
+ These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
+ in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
- or a formula.
+These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
+ a formula.
Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
The properties of tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
- that can be nested.
+These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
+ can be nested.
They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
- document with an external program.
- The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
- — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
- All possible formats are formats listed in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- You should at least see the menu entries
-\family sans
-DVI
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
-.
- If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
- After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
- The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
At the bottom of the
\family sans
View
\end_inset
e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
- while LaTeX is processing the document,
+ while LaTeX is processing the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
- format either in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
+ default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or in the document settings (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+ The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
+ The default output format is
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
+With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
+ The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
+ actual document with an external program.
+ The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
+ the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
+ All possible formats are listed in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You should at least see the menu entry
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+ If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Reconfiguration of LyX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
+ The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
- the default output format as described in the previous section) without
- opening a new viewer window.
+ the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
+With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
of your document without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or in the document settings (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
) or in the document settings (see sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
- This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
- view the same document, but at different positions.
+ This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
+ to view the same document, but at different positions.
You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
or more documents at the same time.
To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
Panels
\family default
-, and
+,
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Macros
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
Math
\family default
\emph default
state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
or when a certain feature is enabled.
- That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
- is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
+ That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
+ is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
is inside a formula or table, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, no matter what quote type you selected in the
+Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
+
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
-
+For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
+ of
\series bold
tipa,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
+\begin_inset script superscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a, b
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
+\begin_inset script subscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3x
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
for a description.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
- The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
+ The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and the BibTeX bibliography in section
+ and the BibTeX bibliography in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts document class-specific insets.
- Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
+ Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
document class.
An example is the document class
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
- files in your document.
+This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
+ in your document.
How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
\emph on
External Stuff
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts an URL as described in section
+Inserts a URL as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preview
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a preview inset, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_inset
of the current document.
- This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
+ This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.5 and use the menu
+2.5 and use the submenu
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
- Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
- on a cross-reference box.
+Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
+ Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
+
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Label)
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forward Search
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
+ in the output, see section
+\emph on
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual for a detailed description.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
- highlighted document part.
+Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
+ document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
+Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
+em.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
- and needed programs it needs; see also section
+ and programs it needs; see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
menus.
+ If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
+ listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull-down box for the paragraph environments
+pull-down box for the environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Emphasize text, function of the Edit
+Emphasize text, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
+Set text to noun style, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-UpdateMaster
+Update
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Master
\end_layout
\end_inset
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual, the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
The Document Settings
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
.
- You can save your document settings as default with th
+ You can save your document settings as default with the
\family sans
-e Save as Document Defaults
+ Save as Document Defaults
\family default
button in the dialog.
This will create a template named
\family typewriter
-default.lyx
+defaults.lyx
\family default
which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
using a template.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
+The button
+\family sans
+Use Class Defaults
+\family default
+ resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
+ This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
.
- Some classes use some class options by default.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the button
+\family sans
+Local
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Layout
+\family default
+ you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
+\emph on
+layouts
+\emph default
+ folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
+ For more about layout-files, see the chapter
+\emph on
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ Handbook.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some classes use special class options by default.
If this is the case, they are listed in the field
\family sans
Predefined
\family default
and you can decide to use them or not.
- If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
- recommended not to touch them.
- The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
- packages.
- When using
+ If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
+ recommended to leave them untouched.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics driver
+\family default
+ is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
+ If using
\family sans
Default
\family default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you want one of the following drivers
+When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\family sans
dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\family default
-you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-2 in
+you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
+
+\emph on
+Driver support
+\emph default
+ in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
- child or subdocument.
- This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
- without its master.
+Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
+ or subdocument.
+ The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
+ document is opened without its master.
This way child documents are always compilable.
More about master and child documents is explained in the section
\emph on
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ instead of
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for cross-references, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Child Documents
\end_layout
This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
Please refer to the section
\emph on
-Child Documents
+Child
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Documents
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for details.
\end_layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Fonts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
skips.
- The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
-
+ The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
+ concept.
However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Page Layout
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Language
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Language-encodings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The known commands are defined in a text file.
+The known commands are defined in a text file (
+\emph on
+unicodesymbols
+\emph default
+).
You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
\emph on
\begin_layout Standard
LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
- If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
- for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
+ If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
+ choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
with
(LuaTeX)
\family default
-; see section
+, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
+).
+ So if you are using many special or accented characters and
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+package
+\family default
+ determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
+ of strings like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Part
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The possible settings are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default uses the language package that is selected in
+\family sans
+ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Language Settings
+\family default
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
+ format you will use.
+ In many cases this will be
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If the newer package
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
+ this package will be used instead of
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Always
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Babel uses
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ even if
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+ would be more appropriate.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
+ For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
+\series bold
+ngerman
+\series default
+ (for German texts), type in
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ngerman}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+None will not use a language package.
+ This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
current document.
- See
+ See sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
\end_inset
for more information on the language package.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Colors
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! main text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! background
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
+ for Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out notes (default: light grey).
+ The button
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+ sets the color back to the default.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
+ and for Shaded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+boxes (default: red).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
+ (This Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out note appears blue in the output.)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
+\family sans
+Color
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+links
+\family default
+ in the document settings under
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+properties
+\family default
+, you probably also need to change the link font color by using
+\family sans
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+options
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+properties
+\family default
+.
+ For example the option
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+linkcolor=black
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the link text color to black.
+ For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "hyperref"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
+ page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code behind a forced page break:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the page color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+pagecolor{color name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+color{color name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The color name can hereby be one of these:
+\series bold
+black
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+blue
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+cyan
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+green
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+magenta
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+red
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+white
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+yellow
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
+ following names:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the page background color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+page_backgroundcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the main text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+document_fontcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the Shaded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+box background color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+shadecolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out note text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+note_fontcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
+\emph on
+Colored
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Cells
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Numbering & TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
+Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
depth in the table of contents as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
+Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\end_inset
-, you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
+.
+ You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
\end_inset
- and
+,
\series bold
esint
\series default
\end_inset
- or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+,
+\series bold
+mathdots
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+ und
\series bold
-amsmath
+mhchem
\series default
- is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
- is used for special integral characters.
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled
+\family sans
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+math
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+esint is used for special integral characters, see section
+\emph on
+Big
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Operators
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
+\emph on
+Ellipses
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
+\emph on
+Chemical Symbols and Equations
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in section
+The float placement options are described in section
+\emph on
+Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Placement
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Listings
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File Formats; see
+File Formats
\family default
+, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TODO!
-\end_layout
-
+Output settings for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+Options settings for the export format
+\family sans
+LyXHTML
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Strict XHTML
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TODO!
-\end_layout
+1.1
+\family default
+ will assure that the output follows exactly version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+1.1 of the XHTML standard.
+ The different
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+output
+\family default
+ settings are described in detail in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
- to define LaTeX-commands.
+In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
+ or to define LaTeX-commands.
The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
doing.
Dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
- effect.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
interface (ui) file.
- An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
+ A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
\shape italic
stdtoolbars.inc
\family sans
Toolbar
\family default
- entries must be ended with an explicit
+ entries must be finished with an explicit
\family sans
End
\family default
.
They may contain
\family sans
-Submenus
+Submenu
\family default
,
\family sans
-Items
+Item
\family default
,
\family sans
-OptItems
+OptItem
\family default
,
\family sans
-Separators
+Separator
\family default
,
\family sans
-Icons,
+Icon,
\family default
and in the case of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-file
+file_lastfiles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- menus a
+ menu a
\family sans
Lastfiles
\family default
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
-to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
+to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+navigate_bookmarks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Icon Set
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
+ The currently available icon sets are compared in
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "this image"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_layout Standard
With the option
\family sans
-Allow saving
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-restoring of window layout and geometries
+Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
in the last LyX session.
\family sans
Restore cursor positions
\family default
- sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
- time.
+ sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
+ the last session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The button
+\family sans
+Clear all session information
+\family default
+ deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
+ of last opened documents, etc.).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Documents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
+
+\family sans
+Backup original documents when saving
+\family default
+ creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
+ it was saved the last time.
+ It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
+\family sans
+Backup
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+directory
+\family default
+, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The backup file has the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+.lyx~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
+\family sans
+Backup documents, every
+\family default
+, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Backup documents
+Save documents compressed by default
\family default
- is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+ saves the files always in a compressed format.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
+If the option
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
LyX.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Single instance
+\family default
+ is only active if a LyXServer pipe
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for information about LyXServer pipes.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is specified.
+ If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
+ of LyX.
+ Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
+\family sans
+Single close-tab button
+\family default
+ there will only be one button (
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/closetab.png
+ scale 75
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
+ Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Screen Fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
serif
\family default
- font, and
+ font and
\family typewriter
Courier
\family default
Zoom
\family default
setting.
- You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
- current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The
\family sans
-Screen DPI
+Font Sizes
\family default
- is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
- The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
+ are calculated as letter height in units of points.
72
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default
-\family sans
-Font Sizes
-\family default
- are the same as if a document font size of 10
+ The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt would be used.
+pt were used.
The sizes are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
+Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
Choose an item in the list and use the
\family sans
Alter
button.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By using the option
+\family sans
+Use system colors
+\family default
+ the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
+ The colors
+\family sans
+cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+label and URL
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ are then not customizable and thus not listed.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Display
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
-\family sans
-Cursor width
-\family default
- setting.
+You can adjust the width of the cursor.
If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Scroll below end of document
+\family default
+ is self-explanatory.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
+\family sans
+Ctrl+arrow key
+\family default
+.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+ Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
+\family default
+ the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
+ Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
The option
\family sans
Limit text width
\family default
specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
- This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
- then centered.
+ This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
+ appears centered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
broadway.bind
\shape default
, and bind files for special languages.
- The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
+ The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Besides this, you can specify here the
+You can furthermore specify here the
\family sans
Wheel scrolling speed
\family default
slow it down.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Input Completion
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Input completion
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the section
+\family sans
+Scroll wheel zoom
+\family default
+ you can select a key for zooming.
+ When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Input Completion
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
- for text.
- With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
- popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
- not.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Examples
\family default
- button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
+ button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
- When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
+ If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The backup files have the ending
+Backup files have the ending
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
-XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
+XServer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\series bold
-Note:
+Example:
\series default
- This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
-\end_layout
+ You add a BibTeX-database
+\emph on
+test.bib
+\emph default
+ to your document.
+ You can edit this file with the program
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+.
+ In
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
+\family sans
+External
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and click on the LyX-symbol.
+ The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
+ in your LyX file.
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The pipe is also used for the
+\family sans
+Single instance
+\family default
+ feature, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Backup documents"
+
+\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Thesaurus
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
+ You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
+ if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Hunspell
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
+
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ are located.
+ You only need to specify it if you are using
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
+tive dictionaries.
+ For LyX on Windows
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
+ a directory.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
PATH
\begin_inset space ~
Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
-
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+TEXINPUTS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
+ are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
+ preamble.
+ This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
+ a single dot '.').
+ The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
+ of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
+ If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
+ scanned for the input files.
+ Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
+ to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
+ It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
+on may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
- Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
- It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
You find the actual translation status here:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-language is the language used in new documents
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
Language
\begin_inset space ~
package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
issues.
- Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
+ Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
babel
\series default
-, it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
- However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
- with an alternative language package (
-\series bold
-polyglossia
-\series default
-) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
- Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
- covered by babel.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The available selections are:
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Automatic
-\series default
-:
-\series bold
-
-\series default
-Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
- engine (default)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\end_inset
+, it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
+ More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
+ alternative language package
\series bold
-Always babel:
+polyglossia
\series default
-Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
- been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
- babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-
-\series bold
-Custom:
-\series default
-Lets you load some other language package (via
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-usepackage
-\series bold
-{
-\series default
-packagename}
-\family default
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-
-\series bold
-None:
-\series default
-Loads no language package at all
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
+ that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
+ Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
+ covered by babel.
+ The available selections are described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Decimal
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Language-encodings"
+
\end_inset
-Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
- alignment)
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
+start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
An example is the start command
\family sans
command toggles the package on and off.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Decimal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
+ alignment).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Set
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
+begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
language.
When this option is not set, the
\family sans
\end_inset
languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
- language will be underlined blue.
+ language will be underlined in blue.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Outputs
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+General
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
+ the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+.
+ Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
+ line.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+format
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Date Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings ! Date format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For example the format
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+%d/%m/%y
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+prints the date as day/month/year.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Overwrite
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search Commands that will be used for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Printer
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Adapt
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-output
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-printer This option works only for the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
Printer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LaTeX uses for printing.
- The default is on most systems
+ The default is
\family sans
dvips
\family default
-.
+ on most systems.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
you are using.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Date Format
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Date Format
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Date format
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-For example the format
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-%d/%m/%y
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Description
+Adapt
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-prints the date as day/month/year.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Plain Text
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Output
+output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-line
+to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
- the menu
+printer This option works only for the
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Plain
-\begin_inset space ~
+Printer command
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-text
+
+\family sans
+dvips
\family default
-.
- Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
- line.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-roff
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
- with the
-\family typewriter
-groff/troff/nroff
-\family default
- UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
- Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
+.
+ It activates a configuration file for dvips.
+ This is an option only for dvips experts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family sans
LCY
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
X2
\family default
- are for Cyrillic.
+ are used for Cyrillic.
Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
- But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
- manuals of the applications.
- Currently the following commands can be set:
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
-CheckTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+viewer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+paper
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-X
+size
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program
+options They only have an effect when the program
\family sans
-CheckTeX
+xdvi
\family default
- that is described in the section
-\emph on
-Checking TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
+ is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-BibTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
+ But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
+ manuals of the applications.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-X
+\begin_layout Description
+Bibliography
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
- that generates the bibliography, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+CheckTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-viewer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-size
+X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-options They only have an effect when the program
+command Command for the program
\family sans
-xdvi
+CheckTeX
\family default
- is used as DVI-viewer.
+ that is described in the section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-classes
+class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
from one format to another.
- You can modify them or create new ones.
+ You can modify converters or create new ones.
To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
\family sans
Converter
flag
\family default
-, and press the
+ and press the
\family sans
Modify
\family default
To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
in the
\family sans
-From
+To
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Converter
\family default
- field, and press the
+ field and press the
\family sans
Add
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the
+If the
\family sans
Converter File Cache
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
- the converter definition, is described in the section
+More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
+ definition, is described in the section
\emph on
Converters
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Furthermore, you can define the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
Default output format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- that is used when you hit
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-View
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Update
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-View Master Document
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\family default
+ that is used when you use
+\family sans
+View, Update, View Master Document
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
Update Master Document
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ menu or the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
- is described in the section
+More about formats and their options is described in the section
\emph on
Formats
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
- to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
+ to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
This is done by specifying a
\family sans
Copier
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Units-available-in"
+name "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
To understand the units described in this documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
+reference "tab:Units"
\end_inset
placement h
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Units"
+name "tab:Units"
\end_inset
Credits
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Credits"
+name "chap:Credits"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
-target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
+target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
+http://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "tipa"
+key "prettyref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-tipa
+prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "refstyle"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "wrapfig"
+key "tipa"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-wrapfig
+tipa
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+LaTeX-packages ! tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
LatexCommand printnomenclature
-set_width "none"
+set_width "auto"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff